54
 ||'''||||''|'|'''||| Code No: RT21016 II B. Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations, June - 2015 FLUID MECHANICS (Civil Engineering) Time: 3 hours Max. Marks: 70 Note: 1. Question Paper consists of two parts ( Part-A and Part-B) 2. Answer ALL the question in Part-A 3. Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PART-A 1. a) What are the properties of ideal fluid? b) Define Specific volume and Specific Gravity. c) Differentiate between uniform and non uniform flow d) What is momentum equation? e) What are the factors influencing the frictional loss in pipe flow ? f) What is the principle involved in venturimeter (4M+4M+4M+3M+3M+4M) PART-B 2. a) What are the different types fluids? Explain each type. b) State Pascal’s law and give some examples where this principle is applied (8M+ 8M) 3. a) explain the terms total pressure and center of pressure b) what are the methods of describing fluid flow (8M+ 8M) 4. a) Derive Bernoulli's theorem and state its limitations. b)Gasoline which has a vapour pressure of 5.5x10 4 Pa(abs) and density ρ=680kg/m 3 flows through a construction in a pipe where the diameter is reduced from 20cm to 10cm. The pressure in the 20 cm pipe just upstream of the construction is 50kPa. If the atmospheric pressure is 75cm of mercury, calculate the maximum discharge that can be passed through this construction without cavitation occurring. (4M+12M) 1 of 2 R13 SET - 1 www.jntumaterials.in

r-13 supply june 15

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) What are the properties of ideal fluid

b) Define Specific volume and Specific Gravity

c) Differentiate between uniform and non uniform flow

d) What is momentum equatione) What are the factors influencing the frictional loss in pipe flow

f) What is the principle involved in venturimeter (4M+4M+4M+3M+3M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) What are the different types fluids Explain each type

b) State Pascalrsquos law and give some examples where this principle is applied (8M+ 8M)

3

a) explain the terms total pressure and center of pressureb) what are the methods of describing fluid flow (8M+ 8M)

4

a) Derive Bernoullis theorem and state its limitations

b)Gasoline which has a vapour pressure of 55x104Pa(abs) and density ρ=680kgm

3flows

through a construction in a pipe where the diameter is reduced from 20cm to 10cm The

pressure in the 20 cm pipe just upstream of the construction is 50kPa If the atmospheric

pressure is 75cm of mercury calculate the maximum discharge that can be passed through this

construction without cavitation occurring (4M+12M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

5

a) Define boundary layer and give its significanceb) For the following velocity distribution verifies whether the essential and desirable boundary

conditions to be the velocity distributions in a laminar boundary layer are satisfied

Where (4M+12M)

6

a) What is the physical significance of Reynolds number

b) A lubricating oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0085 Pa s is to be pumped at

a rate of 40Ls with energy gradient in laminar flow not exceeding 004 Determine the least

diameter of the pipe to satisfy the above requirement (4M+12M)

7 a)Differentiate between Venturi meter and Orifice meter

b) A 4cm diameter orifice in the vertical side of a tank discharges water The water surface in

the tank is at a constant level 0f 20 m above the centre of the orifice If the head loss in the

orifice is 020m and the coefficient of contraction can be assumed to be 063 estimate i) thevalues of the coefficient of velocity and coefficient of discharge ii) the discharge through the

orifice and iii)the location of the point of impact of the jet on a horizontal plane located 05m

below the centre of the orifice (4M+12M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1

a) What are the properties of real fluid

b) Define Surface tension and Capillarityc) Differentiate between steady and unsteady flow

d) What is Hagen poiseuillersquos formula

e) What is the principle involved in pitot tube (4M+4M+4M+4M+6M)

PART-B

2 a) One liter of crude oil weighs 96 N Calculate its Specific weight density andspecific volume

b) Differentiate between simple and differential manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+ 8M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

4 Derive Eulers equation of motion for flow along a stream line What are the assumptions

involvedb) A tapering pipe has a diameter of 25cm at point 1(elevation 2500m) and a diameter of 35cm

at point 2(elevation 2000m) as shown in fig If the pressure at point 1 is 120kPa calculatethe pressure at point 2 for a discharge of 020m3 s of water The kinetic energy correction

factors for sections 1 and 2 are 11 and 15 respectively The loss of head through the pipe

can be assumed to be 12(v1-v2)2 2g The flow is from section 1 to section 2

(6M+10M)

5

if the velocity distribution in a laminar boundary layer on a flat plate is

32 η η η d cbaU

u+++= where δ η y= determine the coefficients a b c and d (16M)

6

a) Write down four examples of laminar flow

b) An oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0082 Pas flows in an 80mm diameterpipe In a discharge of 20m the flow has a head loss of 2m Calculate the i)mean velocity

ii) discharge iii) velocity and shear stress at a radial distance of 38mm from the pipe axis

and iv)boundary shear stress (4M+12M)

7 A closed cylindrical tank as shown in fig is 35m high and contains an oil of relative density

085 to a height of 30 m above the bottom The space above the oil surface contains air under apressure of 50kPa If an 8cm diameter orifice is provided on the side of the tank with its centre

25cm above the bottom estimate the weight of fluid discharged in one minute (take C d=060)

(16M)

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 554 |||||||||||

2 of 2

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Discuss the thermodynamic properties of fluids

c) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flowd) What is the expression for head loss due to friction in Darcy formula

e) What is the principle involved in orificemeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2

a) Explain all three Simple manometers with neat sketches

b) State the advantages of mechanical pressure gauges over manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below itscentroid

983138) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 2 dimensional

flow (8M+ 8M)

4 State Bernoulli theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid Derive an expression for

Bernoulli equation and state the assumptions made (16M)

5 Calculate the friction drag on a flat plate 15cm wide and 45cm long placed longitudinally in a

stream of oil of relative density 0925 and kinematic viscosity 09stokeflowing with a freestream velocity of 60 ms Also find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at

the trailing edge (16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

5

a) Define boundary layer and give its significanceb) For the following velocity distribution verifies whether the essential and desirable boundary

conditions to be the velocity distributions in a laminar boundary layer are satisfied

Where (4M+12M)

6

a) What is the physical significance of Reynolds number

b) A lubricating oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0085 Pa s is to be pumped at

a rate of 40Ls with energy gradient in laminar flow not exceeding 004 Determine the least

diameter of the pipe to satisfy the above requirement (4M+12M)

7 a)Differentiate between Venturi meter and Orifice meter

b) A 4cm diameter orifice in the vertical side of a tank discharges water The water surface in

the tank is at a constant level 0f 20 m above the centre of the orifice If the head loss in the

orifice is 020m and the coefficient of contraction can be assumed to be 063 estimate i) thevalues of the coefficient of velocity and coefficient of discharge ii) the discharge through the

orifice and iii)the location of the point of impact of the jet on a horizontal plane located 05m

below the centre of the orifice (4M+12M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1

a) What are the properties of real fluid

b) Define Surface tension and Capillarityc) Differentiate between steady and unsteady flow

d) What is Hagen poiseuillersquos formula

e) What is the principle involved in pitot tube (4M+4M+4M+4M+6M)

PART-B

2 a) One liter of crude oil weighs 96 N Calculate its Specific weight density andspecific volume

b) Differentiate between simple and differential manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+ 8M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

4 Derive Eulers equation of motion for flow along a stream line What are the assumptions

involvedb) A tapering pipe has a diameter of 25cm at point 1(elevation 2500m) and a diameter of 35cm

at point 2(elevation 2000m) as shown in fig If the pressure at point 1 is 120kPa calculatethe pressure at point 2 for a discharge of 020m3 s of water The kinetic energy correction

factors for sections 1 and 2 are 11 and 15 respectively The loss of head through the pipe

can be assumed to be 12(v1-v2)2 2g The flow is from section 1 to section 2

(6M+10M)

5

if the velocity distribution in a laminar boundary layer on a flat plate is

32 η η η d cbaU

u+++= where δ η y= determine the coefficients a b c and d (16M)

6

a) Write down four examples of laminar flow

b) An oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0082 Pas flows in an 80mm diameterpipe In a discharge of 20m the flow has a head loss of 2m Calculate the i)mean velocity

ii) discharge iii) velocity and shear stress at a radial distance of 38mm from the pipe axis

and iv)boundary shear stress (4M+12M)

7 A closed cylindrical tank as shown in fig is 35m high and contains an oil of relative density

085 to a height of 30 m above the bottom The space above the oil surface contains air under apressure of 50kPa If an 8cm diameter orifice is provided on the side of the tank with its centre

25cm above the bottom estimate the weight of fluid discharged in one minute (take C d=060)

(16M)

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 554 |||||||||||

2 of 2

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Discuss the thermodynamic properties of fluids

c) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flowd) What is the expression for head loss due to friction in Darcy formula

e) What is the principle involved in orificemeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2

a) Explain all three Simple manometers with neat sketches

b) State the advantages of mechanical pressure gauges over manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below itscentroid

983138) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 2 dimensional

flow (8M+ 8M)

4 State Bernoulli theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid Derive an expression for

Bernoulli equation and state the assumptions made (16M)

5 Calculate the friction drag on a flat plate 15cm wide and 45cm long placed longitudinally in a

stream of oil of relative density 0925 and kinematic viscosity 09stokeflowing with a freestream velocity of 60 ms Also find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at

the trailing edge (16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1

a) What are the properties of real fluid

b) Define Surface tension and Capillarityc) Differentiate between steady and unsteady flow

d) What is Hagen poiseuillersquos formula

e) What is the principle involved in pitot tube (4M+4M+4M+4M+6M)

PART-B

2 a) One liter of crude oil weighs 96 N Calculate its Specific weight density andspecific volume

b) Differentiate between simple and differential manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+ 8M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

4 Derive Eulers equation of motion for flow along a stream line What are the assumptions

involvedb) A tapering pipe has a diameter of 25cm at point 1(elevation 2500m) and a diameter of 35cm

at point 2(elevation 2000m) as shown in fig If the pressure at point 1 is 120kPa calculatethe pressure at point 2 for a discharge of 020m3 s of water The kinetic energy correction

factors for sections 1 and 2 are 11 and 15 respectively The loss of head through the pipe

can be assumed to be 12(v1-v2)2 2g The flow is from section 1 to section 2

(6M+10M)

5

if the velocity distribution in a laminar boundary layer on a flat plate is

32 η η η d cbaU

u+++= where δ η y= determine the coefficients a b c and d (16M)

6

a) Write down four examples of laminar flow

b) An oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0082 Pas flows in an 80mm diameterpipe In a discharge of 20m the flow has a head loss of 2m Calculate the i)mean velocity

ii) discharge iii) velocity and shear stress at a radial distance of 38mm from the pipe axis

and iv)boundary shear stress (4M+12M)

7 A closed cylindrical tank as shown in fig is 35m high and contains an oil of relative density

085 to a height of 30 m above the bottom The space above the oil surface contains air under apressure of 50kPa If an 8cm diameter orifice is provided on the side of the tank with its centre

25cm above the bottom estimate the weight of fluid discharged in one minute (take C d=060)

(16M)

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 554 |||||||||||

2 of 2

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Discuss the thermodynamic properties of fluids

c) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flowd) What is the expression for head loss due to friction in Darcy formula

e) What is the principle involved in orificemeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2

a) Explain all three Simple manometers with neat sketches

b) State the advantages of mechanical pressure gauges over manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below itscentroid

983138) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 2 dimensional

flow (8M+ 8M)

4 State Bernoulli theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid Derive an expression for

Bernoulli equation and state the assumptions made (16M)

5 Calculate the friction drag on a flat plate 15cm wide and 45cm long placed longitudinally in a

stream of oil of relative density 0925 and kinematic viscosity 09stokeflowing with a freestream velocity of 60 ms Also find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at

the trailing edge (16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

4 Derive Eulers equation of motion for flow along a stream line What are the assumptions

involvedb) A tapering pipe has a diameter of 25cm at point 1(elevation 2500m) and a diameter of 35cm

at point 2(elevation 2000m) as shown in fig If the pressure at point 1 is 120kPa calculatethe pressure at point 2 for a discharge of 020m3 s of water The kinetic energy correction

factors for sections 1 and 2 are 11 and 15 respectively The loss of head through the pipe

can be assumed to be 12(v1-v2)2 2g The flow is from section 1 to section 2

(6M+10M)

5

if the velocity distribution in a laminar boundary layer on a flat plate is

32 η η η d cbaU

u+++= where δ η y= determine the coefficients a b c and d (16M)

6

a) Write down four examples of laminar flow

b) An oil of relative density 092 and dynamic viscosity 0082 Pas flows in an 80mm diameterpipe In a discharge of 20m the flow has a head loss of 2m Calculate the i)mean velocity

ii) discharge iii) velocity and shear stress at a radial distance of 38mm from the pipe axis

and iv)boundary shear stress (4M+12M)

7 A closed cylindrical tank as shown in fig is 35m high and contains an oil of relative density

085 to a height of 30 m above the bottom The space above the oil surface contains air under apressure of 50kPa If an 8cm diameter orifice is provided on the side of the tank with its centre

25cm above the bottom estimate the weight of fluid discharged in one minute (take C d=060)

(16M)

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 554 |||||||||||

2 of 2

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Discuss the thermodynamic properties of fluids

c) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flowd) What is the expression for head loss due to friction in Darcy formula

e) What is the principle involved in orificemeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2

a) Explain all three Simple manometers with neat sketches

b) State the advantages of mechanical pressure gauges over manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below itscentroid

983138) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 2 dimensional

flow (8M+ 8M)

4 State Bernoulli theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid Derive an expression for

Bernoulli equation and state the assumptions made (16M)

5 Calculate the friction drag on a flat plate 15cm wide and 45cm long placed longitudinally in a

stream of oil of relative density 0925 and kinematic viscosity 09stokeflowing with a freestream velocity of 60 ms Also find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at

the trailing edge (16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 554 |||||||||||

2 of 2

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Discuss the thermodynamic properties of fluids

c) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flowd) What is the expression for head loss due to friction in Darcy formula

e) What is the principle involved in orificemeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2

a) Explain all three Simple manometers with neat sketches

b) State the advantages of mechanical pressure gauges over manometers (8M+ 8M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below itscentroid

983138) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 2 dimensional

flow (8M+ 8M)

4 State Bernoulli theorem for steady flow of an incompressible fluid Derive an expression for

Bernoulli equation and state the assumptions made (16M)

5 Calculate the friction drag on a flat plate 15cm wide and 45cm long placed longitudinally in a

stream of oil of relative density 0925 and kinematic viscosity 09stokeflowing with a freestream velocity of 60 ms Also find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at

the trailing edge (16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6 a) Differentiate between laminar and turbulent flow

b)Two pipes A and B are connected in parallel between two points Pipe A is 150m long and

has a diameter of 15cm Pipe B is 100m long and has a diameter of 12cm Both pipes have

the same friction factor of 0018 A partially closed valve in pipe A causes discharge in the

two pipes to be the same as shown in fig Estimate the value of the valve coefficient All

other minor losses can be neglected (4M+12M)

7

A 10cm diameter pipe has a nozzle at its end If the velocity in the pipe is 25ms and pressure

50kpa calculate the velocity the diameter of the jet and the head loss in the jet The jet is

discharged into atmosphere and the coefficient of velocity in the jet can be taken as 098 (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS

(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART-A

1 a) Define kinematic viscosity What is the relation between kinematic and dynamic viscosity

b) Define Newtonian law of Viscosity

c) State momentum equation

d) What do you understand by the terms i) major energy losses ii) minor energy lossese) what is the principle involved in venturimeter (6M+4M+4M+4M+4M)

PART-B

2 a) Explain how the vaccum pressure can be measured with the help of U-tube manometer

b) A U-tube differential manometer is connected two pressure pipes A and B Pipe A contains

Carbon tetrachloride having a specific gravity 1594 under a pressure of 11772 N Cm2 and

pipe B contain oil of specific gravity 08 under pressure 1172 N Cm2 The pipe A lies 25

m above pipe B Find the difference of pressure measured by mercury as a fluid filling U-

tube (6M+10M)

3

a) Show that the centre of pressure of any lamina immersed under liquid is always below its

centroid

b) Define the equation of continuity Obtain an expression for continuity equation for a 3

dimensional flow (8M+8M)

4 Derive Bernoullirsquos equation for the flow of an incompressible frictionless fluid from

consideration of momentum (16M)

5

A smooth flat plate 20m wide and 25m long is towed in oil (RD=08) at a velocity of 15ms

along its length Find the thickness of the boundary layer and shear stress at a) the centre b) the

trailing edge of the plate Also find the power required for the towing the plate [ ν oil=10-4m2 s]

(16M)

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21016

6

In a fully rough turbulent flow in a 15cm diameter pipe the centre line velocity is 250ms and

the local velocity at mid-radius is 228ms Find the discharge and the height of the roughness

projections (16M)

7 A nozzle attached to the end of a 10cm diameter pipe as shown in fig has 3cm diameter at the

other end If the nozzle issues out a jet of water at 25ms into atmosphere calculate the

pressure at the base of the nozzle The coefficient of velocity and contraction for the nozzle can

be taken as 096 and 080respectively (16M)

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) Draw the circuit diagram for measuring 3 ndashphase power using three Watt meter method

(b) Write the differences between balanced and unbalanced 3-phase circuits

(c) Write the behavior of inductor and capacitor when they are suddenly connected a DC

supply

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of hybrid parameters

(e) What is a positive real function

(f) Define line spectra and phase angle spectra

(4M+4M+4M+4M+3M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has a 05 Henry inductor in

series with a parallel combination of a 7 microF capacitor and 50 Ω resistance If a 3-phase

voltage of 230 V at a frequency of 400 radsec is applied to this load find i) phase current

ii) line current and iii) total power absorbed by the load

(b) Draw the phasor diagram for a balanced delta-connected supply system and establish

the relation between line currents and phase currents

3 (a) Explain how the three-phase power is measured using two-wattmeter method

(b) A 400 V 3-phase balanced supply is connected to an unbalanced delta load having three

impedances 90106 0Ωminusang=

AB Z 56712563 0

Ωang= BC

Z 100Ω=CA

Z Calculate line

currents and power consumed if (i) the phase sequence is ABC and (ii) the phase sequence

ACB

4

(a) A series RC circuit has a sinusoidal voltage source )tsin()( φ ω +=m

V t v applied at time

when 0=φ Find the expression for current

(b) A series R-L circuit with initial current I0 in the inductor is connected to a dc voltage V at

t=0 Derive expression for the instantaneous current through the inductor for t gt 0

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Two 2-port networks A and B are connected in parallel Each of these networks has their

own y-parameters Show that resultant y-parameters of the combined parallel network is

sum of y-parameters of the individual networks A and B

(b) Find the ABCD parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Realize foster forms of the following LC impedance function

Z(s) = )4)(2()3)(1(

22

22

++++

sssss

7 In the circuit shown in Figure 2 the input voltage is a periodic signal with period 2 as shown

Determine i) the exponential Fourier series representation of input signal ii) the trigonometric

Fourier series representation of input signal iii) the exponential Fourier series representation of

output signal

2 of 2

Figure 1

1 1

2 2

1

2

Figure 2

2 H

Vin(t)+

- 3 Output

Vin(t)

1

t21 3

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II

(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1

(a) Write the relationships between phase voltages and line voltage phase current and line

currents in delta connected 3-phase system

(b) Given that voltage Vcn = 440 ang 300 in a balanced 3-phase system Find Van and Vbn

assuming a positive phase sequence (ABC)

(c) Write the expressions for time constant of an R-L circuit and R-C circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of impedance parameters

(e) List the properties of positive real function

(f) What is the difference between Fourier integrals and Fourier transforms

(4M+3M+4M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) A star-connected load each phase of which has an inductive reactance of 50 and

resistance of 15 is fed from the secondary of a three-phase delta-connected transformer If

the transformer phase voltage is 400 V calculate i) the potential difference across each phase

of the load ii) the load phase current iii) the current in the transformer secondary windings

and iv) the power and power factor

(b) Show that power consumed by three identical phase loads connected in delta is equal to

three times power consumed when phase loads are connected in star

3 An unbalanced star connected load is connected across a 3-phase 440 V balanced supply of

sequence RYB as shown in Figure 1 Two wattmeters are connected to measure the total power

supplied as shown in the figure Find the readings of the wattmeters Draw the phasor diagram

1 of 2

IR

R

Y

B

IY

IB

W1

W2

ZR =12+j5Ω

ZB =18+j20 Ω

ZY = -j 15 Ω

Figure 1

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) A series R-C circuit with R=50 ohms C=10 microF has a sinusoidal voltage of 314tsin2230

Find the transient response

(b) A series R-L circuit with resistance R=100 ohms and inductance L= 1H has a sinusoidalvoltage source 200 sin(500t + φ) applied at time when φ = 0 i) Find the expression for current

ii) At what value of φ must the switch be closed so that the current directly enter steady state

5 (a) Why Z-parameters are known as open circuit parameters and Y-parameters are known as

short circuit parameters Explain

(b) Find Y and Z parameters of the network shown in Figure 2

6 Determine the Cauer from I and Cauer form II network for the RL impedance function given

below

Z(s) = )6)(3(

)5)(2(3

++

++

ss

ss

7

Determine the voltage across the 2 Ω resistor by the Fourier transform method if the circuitshown in Figure 3 is excited by a current source iS (t) = 50 cos(5t) A Show that the result so

obtained is the steady state response of the circuit

2 of 2

V2

Figure 2

4Ω V2

+ -

V1

I1 I2

Figure 3

3 H

V 0 (t)

is (t)

4 Ω

5 Ω

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Give the expressions for active and reactive power in a star and delta connected 3-phase

system

(b) How many wattmeters are required to measure total power in a 3-phase system Briefly

explain

(c) What is the difference between steady state and transient response(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of admittance parameters

(e) Write the properties LC immittance function

(f) Give the expressions for Trigonometric form and exponential form of Fourier series

(4M+4M+3M+4M+3M+4M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Explain how the reactive power is measured in a 3-phase balanced system

(b) A balanced delta connected load takes a line current of 15 A when connected to a balanced

three phase 400 V system A wattmeter with its current coil in one line and its potential coil

between the two remaining lines read 2000 W Determine the load impedance

3 (a) A three phase 440 V star connected balanced supply is connected to star connected three

load of 050 0Ωang 2515 0

Ωminusang and 0225 0Ωang Find line current power and current in

neutral of the (i) four wire system (ii) three wire system Assume zero neutral impedance

(b) A 3-phase star connected system with 230V between each phase and the neutral has

resistances of 4 5 and 6 respectively in their phases Estimate the current flowing in

each phase and the neutral wire current Find the total power absorbed

4

(a) Determine the transient and steady state currents through a series R-C circuit when it is

connected to a sinusoidal voltage source

(b) A sinusoidal voltage t100sin)( π V t v = is applied at t = 001 seconds to a series R-L circuit

where R=10 ohms and L=01 H Calculate the ratio of maximum value of current (to which it

rises) to the steady state value of current

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

5 (a) Determine the inter relation between ABCD parameters and y-parameters

b) Obtain the h-parameters of the network shown in Figure 1

6 Test the given functions for positive real property

i) F(s) =

)9(

1852

2

+

+

ss

s ii) F(s) =

)2(

82

2

+

+

ss

s

Realize the RC-impedance in Foster I forms

Z(s) = )6)(2(

4

++

+

ss

s

7 (a) Explain about the Exponential Fourier series

(b) Determine the Fourier transform of the rectangular function shown in Figure 2

2 of 2

+

V2

-

+

V1

-

4 5 I1 I2

6

Figure 1

f(t)

A

ta-a

Fi ure 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT ANALYSIS - II(Electrical and Electronics Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 (a) What is a phase sequence Write the phase sequence equations for voltages and current in

delta and star connected system

(b) Draw the connection diagram to measure reactive power in a 3-phase balanced system with

one wattmeter

(c) Write about initial conditions of L and C in a RLC series circuit

(d) Give the expressions for symmetry and reciprocity in case of transmission parameters

(e) What are the differences between Foster and Cauer methods

(f) List out the properties of Fourier theorem

(4M+4M+3M+4M+4M+3M)

PART ndashB

2 (a) Each phase of a balanced three phase delta connected load has impedance of (4-j3) Ω If a

3-phase voltage of 220 V supply is applied to this load find the line and phase currents in the

delta-connected load and the power delivered to the load

(b) A balanced 3-phase load draws 80 kW at a lagging power factor of 08 from a 400 V 3-

phase 50 Hz main Calculate the complex power active power reactive power and the line

current

3 The following impedances are connected in the form of a star connected unbalanced system

and it is connected to a 400 V 3-phase supply 406 0Ωang=

R Z 308 0

Ωang=Y

Z

03 0Ωang=

B Z Calculate the line currents by using i) loop method and ii) Star-delta

transformation technique

1 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21021

4 (a) Derive an expression for voltage across lsquoRrsquo in a series R-L circuit excited by a unit step

voltage Assume zero initial conditions

(b) Find the current in the circuit shown in fig 1 for tgt0 At t=0-

the network was unenergized

5 Find the y-parameters for the network shown in Figure 2 by considering it to be a parallel

combination of a resistive network referred to as Na and a capacitive network referred to as Nb

6 (a) Test whether F(s) =

149

562

2

++

++

ss

ss is positive real function

(b) Determine the Foster I form of realization of the RC impedance function

Z(s) =)4)(2(

)3)(1(

++

++

sss

ss

7 (a) Explain about the trignometric form of Fourier series

(b) A voltage

infin++++=

5

10sin

3

6sin

1

2sin4)(

t t t t v

π π π

π is applied to a circuit consisting

of resistance R=4 ohms in series with an inductance ofπ

1= L H Calculate the current in the

circuit

2 of 2

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure

t=0

01 H

100 sin314t~

2 F

10Ω

Figure 1

t=0

Figure 2

1

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

-j2Ω

11 2

1

2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B) 2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Explain metallic bond in detail [3]

b) What is an alloy What is the need for alloying [3]

c) What is an eutectic temperature [4]

d) What are cast Irons Why are they named so [4]

e) Give reasons why there exist many types of ceramics [4]

f) What are the properties that are to be considered for good bonding between

fibres and matrix

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain the cooling history of 43 C in Fe-Fe3C system by drawing cooling

curve

[8]

b) Calculate proportionate of diff erent phases for 28C in Fe-Fe3C diagram at

12000C 1173

0C and 600

0C Also draw the microstructures at room

temperature

[8]

3 a) What are cast Irons Why are they named so Give the importance of cast irons

in the metallurgical curriculum with suitable example

[8]

b) Explain the microstructure properties and applications of

i White Cast Iron

ii SG Cast Iron

[8]

4 a) What are the requirements of an age-hardenable alloy [4]

b) Give a typical heat treatment schedule for duralumin and explain the relevant

microstructural changes

[12]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Mention atleast three compositions of copper alloys suitable for the following

applications

i Ship propeller

ii Bearingsiii Non-sparking tools

iv Springs

[10]

b) Discuss briefly the precipitation hardening procedure with specific reference to

beryllium copper

[6]

6 a) Explain the diff erences between an alloy and alloy system [8]

b) How are the alloy systems classified based on the number of elements present

in it Explain them with suitable examples

[8]

7 What is MMC Where are they used Classify the MMCs according to the type

of reinforcement and explain with suitable example

[16]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 1954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is the importance of grain size in steel [3]

b) Justify the statement ldquo Alloy is a material which is expected of a metal but it

is not a pure metallic elementrdquo

[3]

c) Name possible types of Cementite in Fe-Fe3C diagram [4]

d) Discuss in detail the eff ect of alloying elements in steels [4]

e) Distinguish between hardness and hardenability [4]

f) Discuss briefly about whisker reinforced composites [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define and explain the structural phases

i Ferrite

ii Austenite

iii Cementite

[9]

b) Describe the construction of the phase diagram for 2 metals completely soluble

in liquid state and insoluble in solid state

[7]

3 What are four basic types of cast Irons Explain them with respect to

properties microstructure with a diagram and applications

[16]

4 a) Define the term heat treatment and explain why are the steels heat treated [8]

b) Define and explain hardness and Hardenability [8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) Explain the following types of malleable cast irons

i Ferritic malleable cast iron

ii Pearlitic malleable cast iron

iii Ferrito-Pearlitic malleable Cast Iron

[9]

b) Explain the diff erent kinds of carbon steels Explain them Also give theircarbon contents

[7]

6 a) (i) How the beta titanium alloys are strengthened

(ii) Give at least 2 applications for alpha alpha-beta and beta titanium alloys

[8]

b) Explain the role of the following elements on the structure and properties of

copper alloys

i lead

ii phosporus

iii aluminium

iv Manganese

[8]

7 a) Explain the importance of particle size in composite materials [8]

b) Explain the diff erences between matrix and dispersed phase in a composite

material

[8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Define grain and grain boundary [3]

b) Discuss various types of intermediate phases [3]

c) What is the eff ect of carbon on Mechanical properties [4]

d) What is the diff erence between Iron-Cementite and Iron-graphite phase

diagram

[4]

e) Give the heat treatment and applications for the following steels

i Austenitic stainless steels

ii Martensitic stainless steels

[4]

f) What are laminates Indicate their characteristics [4]

PART -B

2 a) Define crystallization of metal How is that commercial alloy invariablysolidify with heterogeneous nucleation

[8]

b) What factor favours the formation of fine grained material How is a large

single crystal being produced

[8]

3 a) What is the disadvantage of too high a first stage annealing temperature for

Malleable Cast Iron Explain

[8]

b) Why are alloying elements added to steels Give some examples of common

alloying elements and their eff ect on the properties of steel

[8]

4 a) Discuss the characteristics of quenchants for eff ective removal of heat from a

work piece

[8]

b) Explain the eff ect of current on the depth of hardness during the induction

hardening process

[8]

1 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

5 a) What are the castable types of Aluminium alloys you know Give the

composition and industrial uses of LM6 alloys

[8]

b) Give examples of non-heat treatable type of aluminium alloys What are their

applications

[8]

6 a) Name the important properties of Titanium [8]

b) Discuss the properties and applications of Beryllium bronzes [8]

7 a) Why composite materials are considered now a days as structural materials in

engineering applications

[6]

b) Discuss the influence of fiber length orientation and composition on fibre

reinforced composites

[10]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2354 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE(Com to ME AME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70

Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Write a short note on Directional solidification [3]

b) What do you mean by intermediate alloy phase [3]

c) Give the classification of stainless steels [4]

d) Discuss briefly Nitriding of steels [4]

e) Explain the eff ects of quenching media on the hardness of steels [4]

f) What is the role of matrix in a composite material Discuss various types of

matrix materials

[4]

PART -B

2 a) Explain chemical compounds metallic compounds and interstecial

compounds with suitable examples

[9]

b) Explain the eff ect of alloying elements on the properties of steel assubstitutional and interstecial alloying elements

[7]

3 a) Draw a neat sketch of Fe-Fe3C diagram and label all important points lines

and phases in it

[10]

b) Explain the solidification of hypo eutectic cast Iron [6]

4 a) Explain the following

(i) Natural aging

(ii) Artificial aging

(iii) Delayed aging

(iv) Solution treatment in Age hardening process

[16]

5 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical properties

Why

1 of 2

[8]

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2454 |||||||||||

Code No RT21031

6 a) Explain about Alpha and Alpha-Beta Alloys of Titanium [8]

b) Which Aluminium casting alloy develops the highest mechanical

propertiesWhy

[8]

7 a) Define the term composites What factors influence the final properties of

composites Explain

[8]

b) Explain about Glass Fibre-Reinforced Polymer composites [8]

2 of 2

R13 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2554 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) Differentiate between time complexity and space complexity 3 M

b) Give the analysis of Heap Sort Algorithm 4 M

c) Describe any one method for representing sparse matrix 4 M

d) What are the advantages of Threaded Binary Tree 4M

e) Draw a binary tree with five nodes and three leaves 3M

f) State the situation at which binary search algorithm is best applied 4 M

PART -B

2 a) Explain Divide and Conquer algorithmic strategy using Merge Sort as an

example

8 M

b) Explain Towers of Hanoi problem with illustrative diagrams 8 M

3 a) Queues can be implemented using two stacks - Support this statement with

suitable programming example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to convert infix expression into a postfix expression

Illustrate the same with the given infix expression ( ( a + b ) d - ( ( e - f ) + g )

8 M

4 a) Explain how linked list can be used for representing polynomials using a

suitable example

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement queue using linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2654 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Write a recursive procedure which finds the depth D of a binary tree T 8 M

b) Explain various methods in which a binary tree can be represented Discuss

their advantages and disadvantages

8 M

6 a) With the help of diagrams construct a Binary Search Tree (BST) with the

following keys 86 12 42 69 38 57 74 6 49 71 Also delete 42 from the

constructed BST

8 M

b) Write a short note on the non-recursive tree traversals using stack 8 M

7 a) What are different ways of representing a graph Explain using suitable

example

8 M

b) Define the following terms with respect of a graph

i) Degree of vertex

ii) Incident edge

iii) Directed edge

iv) Path

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 1R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2754 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out the pros and cons of recursion 4 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert an element into circular queue 3 M

c) What is the running time of Quick sort and why 4 M

d) State how recursion is different from iteration 3 M

e) List out the properties of Binary Search Tree 4 M

f) With respect to the graph below

(a) Is it cyclic

(b) Is it connected

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Define an algorithm Describe commonly used asymptotic notations and give

their significance

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to implement Binary Search technique Use the algorithm

to search 32 in the following list of elements Explain the process at each step

12 16 17 19 20 22 24 29 30 32 37

8 M

3 a) What is a stack Explain overheads caused by stack in recursion with a suitable

example

8 M

b) Write the algorithm for evaluating a postfix expression using stack Evaluate

the following postfix notation 5 6 2 + 8 4 -

8 M

4 a) What is linked list Write an algorithm for inserting an element E at the given

position P of the linked list

8 M

b) What is a sparse matrix Write an algorithm for finding the transpose of a

sparse matrix

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2854 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) What is a binary tree Construct a binary tree given the pre-order traversal and

in-order traversals as follows

Pre-Order Traversal G B Q A C K F P D E R HIn-Order Traversal QB K C F A G P E D H R

8 M

b) Define the following terms with suitable examples

i Binary Tree

ii Strictly Binary Tree

iii Complete Binary Tree

iv Almost Complete Binary Tree

8 M

6 a) Write a procedure to search an element in a Binary Search Tree 8 M

b) Write a short note on various operations of the threaded binary tree 8 M

7 a) Write an algorithm to traverse the graph using Breadth First Search with a

suitable example

8 M

b) What is Adjacency Matrix Draw the Adjacency Matrix of the following

graph Also give adjacency list representation for the same

8 M

2 of 2

983105 983106

983107 983108

SET - 2R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 2954 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) What is an algorithm List out the properties of an algorithm 4 M

b) Differentiate POP with PEEP operation of a stack 3 M

c) List out the advantages and disadvantages of using linked list over an array 4 M

d) Write an algorithm to count the number of nodes in a circularly linked list 4 M

e) Draw the BST for the given list of elements 46 21 56 89 9 12 4 M

f) Draw an undirected graph from the given adjacency matrix

3 M

PART -B

2 a) Write a recursive function to find factorial of a given number 8 M

b) Explain radix sort with an algorithm Discuss on its time complexity 8 M

3 a) List out the applications of stack Consider the usual algorithm for determining

whether a sequence of parentheses is balanced What is the maximum number

of parentheses that will appear on the stack AT ANY ONE TIME when the

algorithm analyzes ( ( ) ( ( ) ) ( ( ) ) )

8 M

b) Explain various operations that are performed on queue with suitable

algorithms

8 M

4 a) Write algorithms for swapping two successive elements in a singly linked list

with the first element placed at position P

8 M

b) What is a circular linked list Write an algorithm to merge two circular linkedlists

1 of 2

8 M

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3054 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Consider the following tree

i How many leaves does it have

ii How many of the nodes have at least one sibling

iii List out the nodes that are siblings to node 5

iv How many descendants does the root havev What is the depth of the tree

vi How many children does the root have

vii Is it a complete binary tree - Justify

8 M

b) Write the iterative procedures for

i Post-Order Traversal of a binary tree

ii Level-Order Traversal of a binary tree

8 M

6 a) Define threaded binary tree Explain inorder threading using suitable example

Discuss advantages of the threaded binary tree

8 M

b) Write a procedure to find the maximum and minimum elements of a Binary

Search Tree (BST)

8 M

7 a) Write the Primrsquos algorithm for finding the minimum-spanning tree of a graph

with an example

8 M

b) What is transitive closure of a graph Explain Warshallrsquos algorithm to find the

transitive closure of the graph with a suitable example

8 M

2 of 2

983089

983090 983091

983092 983093 983094 983095

983096 983097 983089983088983089983089

SET - 3R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3154 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

DATA STRUCTURES

(Com to ECE CSE EIE IT ECC)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 70Note 1 Question Paper consists of two parts (Part-A and Part-B)

2 Answer ALL the question in Part-A

3 Answer any THREE Questions from Part-B

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

PART ndashA

1 a) List out some examples for linear and non-linear data structures 3 M

b) Write the differences between stack and queue 3 M

c) What is singly linked list Mention any two advantages of singly linked lists 4 M

d) State the scenario under which insertion sort should be used 4 M

e) Define threaded binary tree with an example 4 M

f) Does the minimal spanning tree of a graph give the shortest distance between

any two specified nodes Justify your answer

4 M

PART -B

2 a) Arrange the list of elements in ascending order using quick sort 45 26 31 55

77 24 42 63 99 22 88 72 Write the value of left pointer l right pointer r

and pivot at each step and also draw the current scenario after each step

8 M

b) Write a recursive procedure to compute the nth

Fibonacci number 8 M

3 a) One of the applications of stack is Reversing a List Explain it with a suitable

algorithm

8 M

b) List out various applications of queues Explain how queue is used in Round

Robin Algorithm with neat diagrams wherever necessary

8 M

4 a) Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of representing a group of items as

an array versus a linear linked list

8 M

b) Write an algorithm to insert a node at the end of a doubly linked list 8 M

1 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3254 |||||||||||

Code No RT21042

5 a) Find the inorder preorder and postorder traversals for the given binary tree 8 M

b) Write a procedure to display the nodes of a binary tree at a particular level 8 M

6 a) Give the analysis of insertion and deletion operations of nodes in binary

search tree

10 M

b) Write a short note on Balanced Binary Trees Also discuss on the applications

of Balanced Binary Trees

6 M

7 a) Differentiate between the DFS and BFS graph traversal techniques 8 M

b) What are connected components of a graph Is there a method to find out all

the connected components of a graph Explain

8 M

2 of 2

SET - 4R13

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3354 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS (Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A horizontal line PQRS is 12 m long where PQ = QR = RS = 4m Forces of

1000 1500 1000 and 500 N act at P Q R and S respectively and action of

these forces make angles of 900 60

0 45

0and 30

0respectively with PS Find the

magnitude direction and position of the resultant force

[8]

b) A force of 100 N is acting at a point A as shown in figure 1 Determine the

moments of this force about O

Fig1

[7]

2 A body resting on a rough horizontal plane required to pull of 180 N inclined at

300 to the plane just moved the body Determine the weight of the body and the

coefficient of friction

15

3 A cross belt drive is to transmit 75 KW at 1000 rpm of the smaller pulley

The diameter of the smallest pulley is 250mm and velocity ratio is 2 The

centre distance between the pulley is 1250mm A flat belt of thickness 6mm

and of coefficient friction 03 is used over the pulleys Determine the necessary

width of the belt if the maximum allowable stress in the belt is 175Nmm2

and density of the belt is 1000Kgm3

1 of 3

15

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3454 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Find the coordinates of centroid of shaded area as shown in below figure 2 Alldimensions are in cm

Fig2

8

b) Find out the mass moment of inertia of a right circular cone of base radius R

and mass M about the axis of the cone

7

5 Two vertical rods one of steel and the other of copper are rigidly fastened at

their upper end at a horizontal distance of 200 mm as shown in fig3

The lower ends support a rigid horizontal bar which carries a load of 10 KN

Both the rods are 25 m long and have cross sectional area of 125 mm2 Where

a load of 10 KN should be placed on the bar So that it remains horizontal after

loading Also find the stress in each rod Take Es = 200 GPa and Ec = 110 GPa

Neglect the bending of the cross bar

Fig3

8

b) Deduce the relation for stress in case of impact loading 7

2 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3554 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

6 Draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for the beam shown in

Fig4 12

Fig4

15

7 A simply supported beam of span 6m and of I section has the top flange

40 mm x 5 mm bottom flange of 60 mm x 5 mm total depth of 100 mm and

web thickness 5 mm It carries an UDL of 2kNm over the full span

Calculate the maximum tensile stress and Maximum compressive stress

produced

15

8 The shear force acting on a T section of a beam is 50 kN as shown in Figure 5

Calculate the shear stress at the neutral axis and at the junction of the web and

the flange and draw stress variation

15

3 of 3

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3654 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Four forces equal to P 2P 3P and 4P are acting along the four sides of a

square ABCD respectively taken in order Side = 40 mm Find the magnitude

direction and position of the resultant force [8]

b) Four forces of magnitude 10 N 20 N 30 N and 40 N are acting respectively

along the four sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure 2 Determine the

resultant moment about the point A Each side of the square is given as 2m

Fig1

[7]

2 a) The mean diameter of the threads of a square ndash threaded screw is 50 mm The

pitch of the thread is 6 mm The coefficient of friction micro = 015 What force

must be applied at the end of a 600 mm lever which is perpendicular to the

longitudinal axis of the screw to raise a load of 175 kN To lower the load 8

b) A wooden block weighing 30 N is placed on a horizontal plane A horizontal

force of 12 N is applied and the block is on the point of moving Find

i Coefficient of friction

ii Angle of friction and

iii The resultant reaction

73 A shaft rotating at 200 rpm transmits 6 kW through a belt The belt is 100

mm wide and 10 mm thick The distance between the shafts is 4 m The

smaller pulley is 05 m in diameter Calculate the stress in the belt if it is a

cross belt drive Take micro = 03

15

983122983089983088 983123983109983124 983085 983090

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3754 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Differentiate centroid centre of gravity and mass centre 6

b) Show that the moment of inertia of a thin circular ring of mass M and mean

radius R with respect to its geometric axis is MR2

9

5 A steel flat 24 mm x 6 mm in section riveted between two aluminum flats

of same size at a temperature of 288 K is shown in fig 2 If this assembly is

subjected to a compressive force of 35kN find the stresses developed in

each material To what temperature the assembly can be raised that the

stresses in the materials due to the load are nullified Es = EA1 = 210 GPa αs

= 12x10-6

K and αAl = 23 x 10-6 K

Fig2

15

6 A beam of length 6 m is simply supported at its ends It is loaded with a

gradually varying load of 750 Nm from left hand support to 1500 Nm to the

right hand support Construct the SF and BM diagrams and find the amount

and position of the maximum BM over the beam

15

7 A beam is simply supported and carries a uniformly distributed load of 40

kNm run over the whole span The section of the beam is rectangular having

width and depth as 500 mm and 200 mm If the maximums stress in the

material of the beam is 120 Nmm2 find the span of the beam

15

8 A beam of cross section of an isosceles triangle is subjected to a shear force of

30 kN at a section where base width = 150 mm and height = 450 mm

Determine

(i) Horizontal shear stress at the neutral axis

(ii) The distance from the top of the beam where shear stress is maximum

(iii) Value of maximum shear stress 15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3854 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define free body diagram Transmissibility of a force and resultant of a force [7]

b) Two identical rollers each of weight 100 N are supported by an inclined plane

and a vertical wall as shown in Figure 1 Assuming smooth surfaces find the

reactions induced at the points of support A B and C

Fig 1

[8]

2 a) Explain the principles of operation of a screw-jack with a neat sketch 7

b) A block of weight 80 N is placed on a horizontal plane where the coefficient of

friction is 025 Find the force that should be applied to the block at an angle

of 300with the horizontal to attain the condition of limiting equilibrium

8

3 a) Show that the maximum power can be transmitted at Tmax = 3 Tc 8

b) The centre of two pulleys of diameter 120mm and 420mm are 300mm apart

They are connected by an open belt If the coefficient of friction for the larger

pulley be 028 what would be its value for the smaller pulleys simultaneously

7

1 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 3954 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Determine the product of inertia of shaded area as shown in Figure2 about

the x-y axis

Fig2

8

b) Define mass moment of inertia and explain Transfer formula for mass moment

of inertia

7

5 a) Derive the relationship between E and G 5

b) A tensile load of 60kN is gradually applied to a circular bar of 4cm diameter

and 5m long If the value of E = 2 x 105 Nmm

2 determine

(i) stress in the rod

(ii) strain energy absorbed by the rod

(iii) Find the above if the same load is applied suddenly

10

6 A simply supported beam of length 8 m rests on supports 6 m apart the right

hand end is overhanging by 2m The beam carries a uniformly distributed load

of 1500 Nm over the entire length Draw SF and BM diagrams and find point

of contraflexure if any

15

7 A timber beam of rectangular section is to be support a load of 20 kN

uniformly distributed over a span of 36 m when beam is simply supported If

the depth of section is to be twice the breadth and the stress in the timber is not

exceed 7 Nmm2 find the dimensions of the cross-sectionHow would you

modify the cross section of the beam if it carries a concentrated load of 20 kN

placed at the centre with the same ratio of breadth to depth

15

8 A simply supported wooden beam of span 13 m having a cross section 150

mm wide by 250 mm deep carries a point load W at the centre The permissible

stress are 7 Nmm2 in bending and 1 Nmm

2 in shearing Calculate the safe

load W

15

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4054 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS(Civil Engineering)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) A mast AB supported by a spherical socket at A and guy wires BC and BD

carries a vertical load P at B as shown in the Figure1 Point B is 03 m

vertically below the xy plane Find the axial force induced in each of the three

members of this system

Figure1

15

2 a) Define the following

i Friction

ii Angle of frictioniii Limiting friction

iv Cone of friction

8

b) A ladder 5m long and of 250N weight is placed against a vertical wall in a

position where its inclination to the vertical is 300 A man weighing 800N

climbs the ladder At what position will he induce slipping The co-efficient

of friction for both the contact surfaces of the ladder with the wall and

the floor is 02

7

3 Power transmitted between two shafts 35m apart by a crossed belt drive

round two pulley 600mm and 300 mm in diameters is 6KW The speed of the

larger pulley is 220 rpm The permissible load on the belt is 25N mm width

of the belt which is 5 mm thick The coefficient of friction between the smallerpulley surface and the belt is 035

Determine

(a) Necessary length of the belt

(b) The width of the belt and

(c) The necessary initial in the belt

15

1 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4154 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

4 a) Locate the centroid of a shaded area as shown in fig 2

Fig 2

8

b) A right circular cone has the radius of base as 200mm and height 500mm

The mass density of the cone is 7800 kgm3 Find out the mass moment of

inertia of this cone about a line which passes through the vertex of the cone

and which is parallel to the base of the cone

7

5 a) A rod of diameter 10 mm length 15 m hangs vertically from the ceiling of a

roof A collar is attached at its lower end on which a load of 250 N falls from

a height of 200 mm find the strain energy absorbed and the instantaneous

deflection of the rod

7

b) A circular steel bar having three segments is subjected to various forces at

different cross-sections as shown in Fig 3 Determine the necessary force to be

applied at section C for the equilibrium of the bar Also find the totalelongation of the bar E= 202 Gpa

Fig 3

8

6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading

shown in fig 4

Fig 4

15

2 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4254 |||||||||||

Code No R21011

7 a) An I section shown in fig 5 is simply supported over a span of 12 m If the

maximum permissible bending stress is to 80 Nmm2 What concentrated load

can be carried at a distance of 4m from one support

Fig5

8 An I ndashsection has the following dimensions

Flanges150mmX 20 mm

Web 30 mm X 10 mm

The maximum shear stress developed in the beam is 168 Nmm2 Find the

shear force to which the beam is subjected

15

3 of 3

983122983089983088 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4354 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE QuestionsAll Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is viscosity Why it is important in fluid mechanics Define Kinematic and

dynamic viscosity

[8]

b) A plate (2m x 2m ) 025 mm distant apart from a fixed plate moves at 40 cms

and requires a force of 1 N Determine the dynamic viscosity of the fluid in

between the plates

[7]

2 a) Distinguish between (i) steady and unsteady flow (ii) uniform and non-uniform

flow (iii) irrotational and rotational flow

[8]

b) Calculate the velocity components u and v for the following (i) φ = x +y

(ii) φ = x2 + y

2

[7]

3 a) Derive an expression for the loss of head due to friction in flow through circular

pipes

[8]

b) A venture meter has its axis vertical the inlet and throat diameters being 150mm

and 80 mm respectively The throat has 220mm about inlet and coefficient

discharge is 096 Petrol of specific gravity 078 flows up through the meter at a

rate of 0029 m3 s Find the pressure difference between the inlet and the throat

[7]

4 A jet with a velocity V strikes normally on a series of at plates moving with a

velocity KV and mounted radially on the periphery of a wheel Prove that the

efficiency of the plate is given by η = 2K (1 - K)

[15]

5 a) Define (i) Firm and secondary power (ii) Load factor utilization factor and

capacity factor

7

b) Discuss in detail the different components of hydroelectric power plants [8]

6 A Pelton wheel operates with a jet of 150mm diameter under the head of 500m Its

mean runner diameter is 225 m and it rotates with speed of 375 rpm The angle ofbucket tip at outlet as15

0 coefficient of velocity is 098 mechanical losses equal to

3 of power supplied and the reduction in relative velocity of water while passing

through bucket is 15 Find (a) the force of jet on the bucket (b) the power

developed (c) bucket efficiency and (d) the overall efficiency

15

1 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4454 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

7 a) Define specific speed of a turbine Derive the expression for the specific speed of

turbine

7

b) Briefly explain about the water hammer in pipes Discuss the water hammer in

penstock

8

8 a) How will you obtain an expression for the minimum speed for starting a

centrifugal pump

7

b) The diameter of an impeller of a centrifugal pump at inlet and outlet are 300mm

and 600 mm respectively The velocity of ow at outlet is 25 ms and vanes are set

back at an angle of 45o at outlet Determine the minimum starting speed of the

pump if the manometric efficiency is 75

8

2 of 2

R10 SET - 1

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4554 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define surface tension Discuss how some insects walk on the surface of the

fluid

[8]

b) Air is introduced through a nozzle into a tank of water to form a stream of

bubbles If the bubbles are intended to have a diameter of 2 mm calculate how

much the pressure of the air at the tip of the nozzle must exceed that of the

surrounding water Assume that the value of surface tension between air and

water as 727 x 10-3 Nm

[7]

2 a) Write a short note on Uniform and non uniform flow with suitable example [7]

b) Calculate the unknown velocity components so that they satisfy continuity

equation (i) u = 2x2 v = xyz w =

[8]

3 a) Write a short note on Flow Nozzle Turbine flow meter Darcy Weisbach

Equation

[7]

b) A 150mm X 75mm venture meter with a coefficient of discharge o 098 is to be

replaced by an orifice meter having a coefficient of discharge o 060If the both

the meters are to give the same differential mercury manometer reading for adischarge of 100 liters per second and the inlet diameter is to remain 150mm

what should be diameter of the orifice

[8]

4 a) Derive the expression for the force exerted by a jet of water on inclined fixed

plate in the direction of jet

[7]

b) A jet of water strikes with a velocity of 35ms a at plate inclined at 300 with

the axis of the jet If the cross-sectional area of the jet is 25cm2 determine

(i) The force exerted by the jet on the plane

(ii) The components of the force in the direction normal to the jet

(iii) The ratio in which the discharge gets divided after striking the plate

[8]

5 a) Discuss in detail about flow duration curve and mass curve [7]

b) Discuss the hydroelectric power development in India Write about any one major

hydroelectric power station in Andhra Pradesh

[8]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4654 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Differentiate between Impulse turbine and Reaction turbine [7]

b) A Powerhouse is equipped with impulse turbines of Pelton type Each turbine

delivers a power of 14 MW when working under a head 900 m and running at600 rpm Find the diameter of the jet and mean diameter of the wheel Assume

that the overall efficiency is 89 velocity coefficient of jet 098 and speed ratio

046

[8]

7 a) By means of a neat sketch explain the governing mechanism of Francis turbine [6]

b) A water turbine delivering 10MW power is to be tested with the help of a

geometrically similar 18 model which runs at the same speed as the prototype

(i) Find the power developed by the model assuming the efficiency of the model

and the prototype are equal

(ii) Find the ratio of the heads and the ratio of mass flow rates between theprototype and the model

[9]

8 a) How is the selection of pumps made Give the operational difficulties commonly

experienced in centrifugal pumps and their remedies

[7]

b) A single acting reciprocating pump running at 30rpm delivers 002 m3 s of

water The diameter of the piston is 250mm and stroke length 500mm deter-

mine

(i) The theoretical discharge of the pump

(ii) Co-efficient of discharge

[8]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 2

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4754 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES

(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Define Specific weight mass density vapour pressure and bulk modulus with

appropriate dimensions and units

[8]

b) A tape of 0015 cm thick and 100 cm wide is to be drawn through a gap with a

clearance of 001cm on each side A lubricant of dynamic viscosity 0021 Nsm 2

completely fills the gap for a length of 80 cm along the tape If the tape can

withstand a maximum tensile force of 75 N calculate the maximum speed with

which it can be drawn through the gap

[7]

2 a) Derive Bernoulli`s equation from Euler`s equation of motion [8]

b) A pipe through which water is flowing is having diameters 20cm and 10cm at

the cross-sections 1 and 2 respectively The velocity of water at section 1 is given

as 4 ms Find the velocity head a sections 1 and 2 and also rate of discharge

[7]

3 a) What are the different losses in flow through the circular pipes [7]

b) A pipe is 50mm diameter is 6m long and the velocity of flow of water in the pipe

is 25ms what loss of head and corresponding power would be saved if thecentral 2m length of the pipe is replaced by 75mm diameter pipe the change of

section being sudden Assume f = 004 for both the pipe

[8]

4 a) Find an expression for the force exerted by a jet on stationary curved plate

when the jet strikes the curved plate at the center

[6]

b) A jet of water of diameter 5 cm moving with a velocity of 40 ms strikes a

curved fixed symmetrical plate at the center Find the force exerted by the

jet of water in the direction of the jet if the jet is detected through an angle

of 1200 at the outlet of the curved plate

[9]

5 a) What are the different components of hydro power plant what are the purposes

of providing them

[7]

b) What is meant by mass curve and explain in detail the construction of mass curve

1 of 1

[8]

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4854 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 a) Discuss the classification of Hydraulic turbines [8]

b) A Francis turbine has a wheel diameter of 12 m at the entrance and 06m at the

exit The blade angle at the entrance is 900

and the guide vane angle is 150

Thewater at the exit leaves the blades without any tangential velocity The available

head is 30m and the radial component of flow velocity is constant What would

be the speed of wheel in rpm and blade angle at exit Neglect friction

[7]

7 a) What do you understand by characteristic curves of Francis turbine Discuss in

detail

[7]

b) A model Francis turbine 15 of its full size develops 3kW power at360 rpm

under a head of 18m Find the speed and power of full size turbine operating

under head of 6m if (i) the efficiency of the model and the full size turbine are

same (ii) the efficiency of the model turbine is 75 and the scale is considered

[8]

8 a) What do you mean by characteristic curves of centrifugal pumps What is

the significance of characteristic curves Draw the following characteristics

curves for centrifugal pump Head Power and Efficiency versus discharge with

constant head

[8]

b) Two homologous pumps A and B will run at same speed of 600 rpm The

discharge and head of pump A are 04 m3 sec and 50 m respectively Determine

the discharge of pump B to lift the discharge by 30 m

[7]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 3

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 4954 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRALICS MACHINES(Com to EEE ME MM)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Distinguish between atmospheric gauge and vacuum pressure What do you

understand by equality of pressure at the same level in a static fluid

[8]

b) Two pipes on the same elevation convey water and oil of specific gravity 088

respectively They are connected by a U-tube manometer with the manometric

liquid having a specific gravity of 125 If the manometric liquid in the limb

connecting the water pipe is 2 m higher than the other find the pressure difference

in two pipes

[7]

2 a) What are the different energies of flowing fluid Explain each of them [8]

b) Water is flowing through a pipe having diameters 20cm and 10cm at sections 1 and

2 respectively The rate of flow through pipe is 40 literssecond The section 1 is

6m above the datum and section 2 is 4m above the datum If the pressure at section

1 is 40 Ncm2 find the intensity of pressure at section 2

[7]

3 a) Explain with neat sketch the Reynoldrsquos experiment and define Laminar and

Turbulent flow

[7]

b) A compound piping system consists of a1600m of 04m diameter 1200m of 03m

diameter and 800m pf 025m diameter cast iron pipes connected in series Convert

the system to (i) an equivalent length of 04m pipe and (ii) an equivalent size pipe

3000m long

[8]

4 a) Show that the efficiency of a free jet striking normally on a series of plates fixed

mounted on the periphery of wheel never exceeds 50

[8]

b) What do you understand by velocity triangles Why these are important in

hydraulic turbines

[7]

5 a) What are the different types of Hydropower plants Explain each [8]

b) Differentiate between power house with pondage and power house with storage

with neat diagrams

[7]

1 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5054 |||||||||||

Code No R21021

6 In a vertical shaft inward-flow reaction turbine the sum of the pressure and kinetic

head at entrance to the spiral casing is 120 m and the vertical distance between this

section and the tail race level is 3 m The peripheral velocity of the runner at entry

is 30ms the radial velocity of water is constant at 9ms and discharge from the

runner is without swirl The estimated hydraulic losses are (a) between turbine

entrance and exit from the guide vanes 48 m(b) in the runner 88m (c) in the draft

tube 079 m (d) kinetic head rejected to the tail race 046m Calculate the guide

vane angle and the runner blade angle at inlet and the pressure heads at entry to and

exit from the runner

[15]

7 a) A large hydraulic turbine is to generate 300KW at 1000rpm under a head of 40m

For initial testing a 14 scale model of the turbine operates under a head of 10m

Find the power generated by the model

[7]

b) What are the unit and Specific quantities What is the significance of these

quantities hydraulic turbines Define the specific speed of hydraulic turbine

[8]

8 a) Explain the terms slip and negative slip with reference to reciprocating pump [6]

b) A centrifugal pump delivers water against a net head of 10 m at a speed of 1000

rpm The vanes are curved backward and make an angle of 30 degrees The

impeller outside diameter is 30 cm and has a width of 5 cm at the outlet Determine

the discharge if manometric efficiency is 95

[9]

2 of 2

R10 SET - 4

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5154 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) State and explain Flemingrsquos right hand thumb rule [5]

b) Derive from first principles an expression for the emf of a DC generator [10]

2 a) How is a shunt motor started Why it should not be started direct on line [6]

b) A 4-pole lap wound DC motor has 540 conductors Its speed is found to be

1000rpmthe flux per pole is 25mWb It is connected to 230 Volts dc supply

Armature resistance Ra is 08Ω Calculate induced emf and armature current

[9]

3 a) Derive an emf equation of a single phase transformer [7]

b) The maximum flux density in the core of 250300V 50Hz single- phase

transformer is 12 tesla If the emf per turn is 8V Determine primary and

secondary turns and area of core

[8]

4 The following data were obtained on a 20kVA 50 Hz 2000200V distribution

transformer

Voltage (V) Current (A) Power (W)

OC test with HV open-circuited 200 4 120

SC test with LV short circuited 60 10 300Draw the approximate equivalent circuit of the transformer referred to the HV

and LV sides respectively

[15]

5 a) What are the advantages of three-phase induction motors over single-phase

motors Also list their applications

[8]

b) Draw and explain the torque-slip characteristics of an induction motor [7]

6 What is an alternator Explain its principle of operation With a neat diagram

explain the constructional features of a three-phase alternator

[15]

7 a) What are different types of single phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain the operation of a capacitor start capacitor run induction motor [9]

8 a) Define and explain Deflecting torque Controlling torque and Damping torque [8]

b) Compare between moving coil and moving iron instruments [7]

1 of 1

SET - 1R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5254 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What are the types of DC generators List their applications [7]

b) A 4-pole lap wound dc machine has total number of 800 armature

conductors and produces 003 Wb flux per pole when field is excited If the

machine is driven by a prime mover at 1000 rpm calculate the generated emf

across the armature

[8]

2 a) What is back emf Explain the significance of back emf [6]

b) A 10 kW 250V DC shunt motor with an armature resistance of 08 and a

field resistance of 275 takes 391A when running at no-load at rated voltage

and rated speed Calculate the machine efficiency as a generator when

delivering an output of 10kW at rated voltage and speed and as a motor

drawing an input of 10kW

[9]

3 a) Discuss the principle of operation of a single-phase transformer [7]

b) What are different types of single-phase transformers Explain its

constructional features

[8]

4 The efficiency of a 1000 kVA 110220V 50Hz single-phase transformer is985 at half full-load at 08 pf leading and 988 at full-load upf

Determine i) iron loss ii) full-load copper loss and iii) maximum efficiency

at upf

[15]

5 a) List and explain different types of induction motors Mention few applications

of induction motors

[7]

b) Explain the rotor resistance starting scheme for a slip-ring induction motors [8]

6 a) Define and explain pitch factor and distribution factor [6]

b) Derive the expression for emf induced in an alternator [9]

7 a) What are different application of single-phase induction motors [6]

b) Explain in detail the operation of a shaded-pole single-phase induction motor [9]

8 With a neat diagram explain the operation of a permanent magnet moving

coil instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

1 of 1

SET - 2R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5354 |||||||||||

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) Explain with a neat sketch the constructional details of a DC machine [9]

b) A DC generator is found to develop an armature voltage of 200 V If the flux

is reduced by 25 and speed is increased by 40 calculate the armature

generated voltage

[6]

2 a) What are different losses that occur in a DC motor Explain briefly [6]

b) A 4-pole DC motor is lap-wound with 400 conductors The pole shoe is 20 cmlong and average flux density over one-pitch is 04T the armature diameter

being 30 cm Find the torque and gross mechanical power developed when the

motor is drawing 25A and running at 1500 rpm

[9]

3 a) With a phasor diagram explain the operation of a single phase transformer on

no-load condition

[7]

b) Define and explain the terms step-up transformer step-down transformer

ideal transformer and isolated transformer

[8]

4 What are different losses that occur on a transformer Explain the conduction

of open-circuit and short-circuit tests on transformers

[15]

5 List and explain in detail different starting methods for a three-phase

induction motor

[15]

6 a) What are different types of alternators [5]

b) A 3-phase 16 poles alternator has a star-connected winding with 144 slots and

10 conductors per slot The flux per pole is 003 Wb sinusoidally distributed

and the speed is 375 rpm Find the frequency of generated voltage the

magnitude of phase voltage and lone voltage Assume full-pitched coil

[10]

7 a) Explain the working of an AC servomotor Also list their applications [8]

b) What are stepper motors List different types of stepper motors [7]

8 a) List the advantages and limitation of permanent magnet moving coil

instruments

[7]

b) A PMMC instrument has a coil resistance of 100 and gives a fullscale

deflection (FSD) for a current of 500 microA Determine the value of shunt

resistance required if the instrument is to be employed as an ammeter with a

FSD of 5A

[8]

1 of 1

SET - 3R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin

8162019 r-13 supply june 15

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullr-13-supply-june-15 5454

Code No R21041

II B Tech I Semester Supplementary Examinations June - 2015

ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY(Com to ECE EIE BME)

Time 3 hours Max Marks 75

Answer any FIVE Questions

All Questions carry Equal Marks

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

1 a) What is residual magnetism Explain its use [6]

b) A 4ndashpole lap wound 750 rpm DC shunt generator has an armature resistance

of 04Ω and field resistance of 200Ω The armature has 720 conductors and

the flux per pole is 30m Wb If the load resistance is 15Ω determine the

terminal voltage

[9]

2 a) Discuss a scheme to control the speed of a DC motor above its rated speed [7]b) Explain the operation of the three point starter with neat sketch [8]

3 a) What is a transformer Differentiate between a core-type and a shel-type

transformer

[8]

b) State and prove the condition for maximum efficiency of a transformer [7]

4 A 100KVA 1-phase transformer has full load primary current of 400A and

total resistance referred to primary is 0006 If the iron loss amounts to 500W

find the efficiency at full load and half load at

i) Unity power factor

ii) 08 power factor

[15]

5 a) Compare between Slip ring and Squirrel cage induction motors [9]

b) Define and explain the terms slip and slip speed of an induction motor [6]

6 What is regulation Explain the predetermination of regulation of an alternator

by Synchronous Impedance Method

[15]

7 a) What is a tachometer Explain the operation of AC tachometer [8]

b) What is a synchro What is the primary purpose of a synchro system What

are the two major components of a synchro

[7]

8 Explain in detail the construction and basic principle operation of Moving-

iron Instruments Also mention its applications

[15]

SET - 4R10

wwwjntumaterialsin